blob: 788361b59a0b4b75149e62de843ef042f5d85579 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
405/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
406/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
407/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
423 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
424
425 return true;
426}
427
428
429
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000430/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000431/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000432/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000433/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000434/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000435Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
436 IdentifierInfo &II,
437 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000438 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
439 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
440 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000441 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000442}
443
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000444/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
445/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
446/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000447DeclRefExpr *
448Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
449 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
450 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000451 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000452 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
453 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000454 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000455 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000456 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000457}
458
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000459/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
460/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
461/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000462static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
463 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000464 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
465 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
466
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000467 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000468 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
469 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
470 // this even better.
471 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000472 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
473 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000474 D != DEnd; ++D) {
475 if (*D == Record) {
476 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
477 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
478 ++D;
479 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000480 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000481 return *D;
482 }
483 }
484
485 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
486 return 0;
487}
488
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000489/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
490/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
491/// actual member.
492///
493/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
494/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
495/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
496/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
497/// we found.
498///
499/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
500/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
501/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
502VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
503 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
505 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
506 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
507
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000508 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000509 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
510 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
511 do {
512 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000513 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000514 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000515 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000516 else {
517 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
518 break;
519 }
520 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
521 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
522 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523
524 return BaseObject;
525}
526
527Sema::OwningExprResult
528Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
529 FieldDecl *Field,
530 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
531 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
532 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
533 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
534 AnonFields);
535
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
537 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
538 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
539 // found via name lookup.
540 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
541 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
542 if (BaseObject) {
543 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
544 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000545 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000546 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000547 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 ExtraQuals
549 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
550 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
551 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
552 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
553 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
554 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
555 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
556 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
557 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
558 }
559 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
560 } else {
561 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
562 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
563 // program our base object expression is "this".
564 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
565 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
566 QualType AnonFieldType
567 = Context.getTagDeclType(
568 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
569 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
570 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
571 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
572 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
573 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000574 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000575 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 }
578 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
583 }
584
585 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000586 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
587 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000588 }
589
590 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
591 // anonymous struct/union.
592 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
593 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
594 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
595 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
596 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
597 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
598 unsigned combinedQualifiers
599 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
600 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
601 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
603 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
605 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000606 }
607
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609}
610
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000611/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
612/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
613/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
614/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
615/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
616/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
617/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
618/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
619/// forms.
620///
621/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
622/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
623/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
624/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000625///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
627/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
628/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
629/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000630Sema::OwningExprResult
631Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
632 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000633 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000634 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000635 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000636 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000638
639 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
640 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
641 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
642 // names a dependent type.
643 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000644 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
645 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000646 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000647 }
648
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000649 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
650 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000651
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000652 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000653 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
654 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
655 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
656 : SourceRange());
657 return ExprError();
658 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000659 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000660
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000661 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
662 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000663 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
664 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000665 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
666 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000667 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
668 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
669 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000670 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000671 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000672 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000673 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
674 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000675 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000676 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
677 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000678 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
679 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
680 // an error.
681 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
682 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
683 << IV->getDeclName());
684 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
685 // same name exists, use the global.
686 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000687 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
688 ClassDeclared != IFace)
689 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000690 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
691 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
692 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
693 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000694 return Owned(new (Context)
695 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
696 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
697 true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000698 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000699 }
700 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000701 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
702 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
703 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000704 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000705 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
706 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000707 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
708 IFace == ClassDeclared)
709 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
710 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000711 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000712 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000713 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000714 QualType T;
715
716 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
717 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
718 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
719 else
720 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000721 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000722 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000723 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000724
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000725 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
726 // argument-dependent lookup.
727 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
728 HasTrailingLParen;
729
730 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000731 // We've seen something of the form
732 //
733 // identifier(
734 //
735 // and we did not find any entity by the name
736 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
737 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
738 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
739 Context.OverloadTy,
740 Loc));
741 }
742
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000743 if (D == 0) {
744 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
745 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000746 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000747 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000748 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000749 else {
750 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
751 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000752 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000753 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
754 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000755 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
756 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
758 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000759 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000760 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000761 }
762 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000763
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000764 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
765 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
766 // not any specific instance's member.
767 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000768 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000769 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000770 QualType DType;
771 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
772 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
773 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
774 DType = Method->getType();
775 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
776 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
777 }
778 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
779 if (!DType.isNull()) {
780 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
781 // dependent.
782 bool Dependent = false;
783 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
784 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
785 if (DC->isRecord()) {
786 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
787 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
788 Dependent = true;
789 break;
790 }
791 }
792 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000793 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000794 }
795 }
796 }
797
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000798 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
799 // (C++ [class.union]).
800 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
801 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
802 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000803
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000804 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
805 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
806 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
807 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
808 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
809 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
810 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
811 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
812 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
813 QualType MemberType;
814 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
815 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
816 MemberType = FD->getType();
817
818 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
819 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
820 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
821 unsigned combinedQualifiers
822 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
823 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
824 }
825 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
826 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
827 Ctx = Method->getParent();
828 MemberType = Method->getType();
829 }
830 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
831 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
832 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
833 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
834 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
835 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
836 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
837 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
838 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
839 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
840 break;
841 }
842 }
843 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000844
845 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000846 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
847 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
848 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
849 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
850 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
851 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000852 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000853 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000854 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000855 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000856 }
857 }
858 }
859 }
860
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000861 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000862 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
863 if (MD->isStatic())
864 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000865 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
866 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000867 }
868
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000869 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
870 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
871 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000872 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
873 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000874 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000875
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000876 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000877 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000878 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000879 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000880 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000881 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000882
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000883 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000884 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000885 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
886 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000887 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
888 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
889 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000890 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000891
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000892 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
893 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
894 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
895 // that overload resolution actually selects.
896 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
897 return ExprError();
898
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000899 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000900 // Warn about constructs like:
901 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
902 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000903 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
904 Scope *CheckS = S;
905 while (CheckS) {
906 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000907 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000908 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000909 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
910 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000911 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000912 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
913 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000914 break;
915 }
916
917 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
918 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
919 if (CheckS)
920 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
921 }
922 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000923 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
924 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
925 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
926 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
927 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
928 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
929 // type.
930 QualType T = Func->getType();
931 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000932 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
933 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000934 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
935 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000936 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000937
938 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
939 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000940 return ExprError();
941
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000942 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
943 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
944 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
945 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000946 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000947 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
948 // as they do not get snapshotted.
949 //
950 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000951 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
952 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
953
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000954 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000955 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
956 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000957 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000958
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000959 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000960 ExprTy.addConst();
961 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000962 }
963 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
964 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000965
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000967 bool ValueDependent = false;
968 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
969 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
970 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
971 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
972 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
973 TypeDependent = true;
974 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
975 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
976 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
977 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
978 TypeDependent = true;
979 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
980 // names a dependent type.
981 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000982 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000983 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
984 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000985 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000986 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
987 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
988 TypeDependent = true;
989 break;
990 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000991 }
992 }
993 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000994
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000995 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
996 //
997 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
998 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
999 if (TypeDependent)
1000 ValueDependent = true;
1001 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1002 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1003 ValueDependent = true;
1004 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1005 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1006 // (FIXME!).
1007 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001008
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001009 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1010 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001011}
1012
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001013Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1014 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001015 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001018 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001019 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1020 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1021 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001022 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001023
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001024 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1025 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001026 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001027 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1028 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001029 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1030 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1031 else {
1032 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1033 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1034 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1035 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001036
1037
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001038 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001039 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001040 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001041 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001042}
1043
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001044Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001045 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1046 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1047 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1048 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001049
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001050 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1051 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1052 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001054
1055 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1056
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001057 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1058 Literal.isWide(),
1059 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001060}
1061
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1063 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001064 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1065 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001066 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001067 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001068 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001069 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001070 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001071
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001072 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001073 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1074 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001075 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001077 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1078 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001079
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001080 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1081 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1082 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001083 return ExprError();
1084
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001085 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001086
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001087 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001088 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001089 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001090 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001091 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001092 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001093 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001094 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001095
1096 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1097
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001098 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1099 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001100 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1101 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001102
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001103 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001104 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001105 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001106 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001107
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001108 // long long is a C99 feature.
1109 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001110 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001111 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1112
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001113 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001114 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001115
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001116 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1117 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1118 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001119 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1120 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001121 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001122 } else {
1123 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1124 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001126 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1127 // be an unsigned int.
1128 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1129
1130 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001131 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001132 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1133 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001134 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001135
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001136 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1137 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1138 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1139 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001140 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001141 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001143 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001144 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001145 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001146
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001147 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001148 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001149 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001150
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001151 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1152 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1153 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1154 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001155 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001156 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001157 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001158 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001159 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001160 }
1161
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001162 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001163 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001164 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001166 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1167 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1168 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1169 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001170 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001171 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001172 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001173 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001174 }
1175 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001176
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001177 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1178 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001179 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001180 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001181 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001182 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001183 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001184
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001185 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1186 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001187 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001188 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001189 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001190
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001191 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1192 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001193 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1194 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195
1196 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001197}
1198
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1200 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1201 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001202 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001203 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001204}
1205
1206/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1207/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001208bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001209 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1210 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1211 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001212 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1213 return false;
1214
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001215 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001216 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001217 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001218 if (isSizeof)
1219 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1220 return false;
1221 }
1222
1223 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001224 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1225 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001226 return false;
1227 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001228
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001229 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001230 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1231 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1232 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001233}
1234
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001235bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1236 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1237 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001238
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001239 // alignof decl is always ok.
1240 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1241 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001242
1243 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1244 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1245 return false;
1246
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001247 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1248 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1249 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001250 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001251 return true;
1252 }
1253 // Other fields are ok.
1254 return false;
1255 }
1256 }
1257 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1258}
1259
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001260/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1261Action::OwningExprResult
1262Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1263 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1264 if (T.isNull())
1265 return ExprError();
1266
1267 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1268 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1269 return ExprError();
1270
1271 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1272 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1273 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1274 R.getEnd()));
1275}
1276
1277/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1278/// operand.
1279Action::OwningExprResult
1280Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1281 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1282 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1283 bool isInvalid = false;
1284 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1285 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1286 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1287 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1288 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1289 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1290 isInvalid = true;
1291 } else {
1292 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1293 }
1294
1295 if (isInvalid)
1296 return ExprError();
1297
1298 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1299 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1300 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1301 R.getEnd()));
1302}
1303
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001304/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1305/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1306/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001307Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001308Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1309 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001310 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001311 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001312
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001313 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001314 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1315 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1316 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001317
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001318 // Get the end location.
1319 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1320 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1321 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1322
1323 if (Result.isInvalid())
1324 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1325
1326 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327}
1328
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001329QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001330 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1331 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001332
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001333 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001334 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1335 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001336
1337 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1338 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1339 return V->getType();
1340
1341 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001342 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1343 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001344 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001345}
1346
1347
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001348
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001349Action::OwningExprResult
1350Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1351 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1352 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001353
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001354 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1355 switch (Kind) {
1356 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1357 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1358 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1359 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001360
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001361 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1362 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1363 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001364 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001365 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1366
1367 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1368 //
1369 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1370 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1371 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1372 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1373 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1374 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1375 // argument will have value zero.
1376 Expr *Args[2] = {
1377 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001378 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1379 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001380 };
1381
1382 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1383 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001384 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001385
1386 // Perform overload resolution.
1387 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1388 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1389 case OR_Success: {
1390 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1391 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1392
1393 if (FnDecl) {
1394 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1395 // operator.
1396
1397 // Convert the arguments.
1398 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1399 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001400 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001401 } else {
1402 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001403 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001404 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1405 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001407 }
1408
1409 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001410 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001411 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1412 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001413
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001414 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001415 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001416 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001417 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1418
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001419 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001420 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1421 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1422 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001423 } else {
1424 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1425 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1426 // operator node.
1427 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1428 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001429 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001430
1431 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001432 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001433 }
1434
1435 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1436 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1437 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1438 break;
1439
1440 case OR_Ambiguous:
1441 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1442 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1443 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1444 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001445 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001446
1447 case OR_Deleted:
1448 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1449 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1450 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1451 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1452 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1453 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001454 }
1455
1456 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1457 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1458 // build a built-in operation.
1459 }
1460
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001461 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1462 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001463 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001464 return ExprError();
1465 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001466 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001467}
1468
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001469Action::OwningExprResult
1470Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1471 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1472 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1473 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001474
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001476 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001477 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1478 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1479 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001480 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1481 // to the candidate set.
1482 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1483 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001484 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1485 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001486
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001487 // Perform overload resolution.
1488 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1489 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1490 case OR_Success: {
1491 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1492 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1493
1494 if (FnDecl) {
1495 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1496 // operator.
1497
1498 // Convert the arguments.
1499 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1500 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1501 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1502 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1503 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001504 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001505 } else {
1506 // Convert the arguments.
1507 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1508 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1509 "passing") ||
1510 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1511 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1512 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514 }
1515
1516 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001517 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001518 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1519 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001521 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001522 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1523 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001524 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1525
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526 Base.release();
1527 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001528 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1529 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001530 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001531 } else {
1532 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1533 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1534 // operator node.
1535 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1536 "passing") ||
1537 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1538 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001539 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001540
1541 break;
1542 }
1543 }
1544
1545 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1546 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1547 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1548 break;
1549
1550 case OR_Ambiguous:
1551 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1552 << "[]"
1553 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1554 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001555 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001556
1557 case OR_Deleted:
1558 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1559 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1560 << "[]"
1561 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1562 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1563 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001564 }
1565
1566 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1567 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1568 // build a built-in operation.
1569 }
1570
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001571 // Perform default conversions.
1572 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1573 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001574
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001575 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1576
1577 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001578 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001579 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001580 // and index from the expression types.
1581 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1582 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001583 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1584 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1585 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1586 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1587 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001588 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1589 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1590 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1591 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001592 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001593 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1594 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1595 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1596 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1597 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001598 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1599 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001600 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001601
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001602 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1603 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1604 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1606 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1607 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001608 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001609 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1611 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001612
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001613 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1614 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1615 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1616 // incomplete types are not object types.
1617 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1618 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1619 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1620 return ExprError();
1621 }
1622 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1623 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1624 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1625 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1626 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001627
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001628 Base.release();
1629 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001630 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001631 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001632}
1633
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001634QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001635CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001636 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001637 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001638
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001639 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1640 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001641
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001642 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001643 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1644 // to be selected.
1645 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001646
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001647 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1648 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1649 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001650
1651 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1652 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001653 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001654 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1655 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001656 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001657 do
1658 compStr++;
1659 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001660 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001661 do
1662 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001663 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001664 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001665
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001666 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001667 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1668 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001669 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1670 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001671 return QualType();
1672 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001673
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001674 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1675 // operates on.
1676 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1677 compStr = CompName.getName();
1678
1679 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001680 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001681
1682 while (*compStr) {
1683 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1685 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1686 return QualType();
1687 }
1688 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001689 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001690
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001691 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1692 // number of elements.
1693 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001694 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001695 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001696 return QualType();
1697 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001698
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001699 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001700 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001701 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001702 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001703 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001704 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1705 : CompName.getLength();
1706 if (HexSwizzle)
1707 CompSize--;
1708
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001709 if (CompSize == 1)
1710 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001711
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001712 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001713 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001714 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1715 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1716 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1717 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001718 }
1719 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001720}
1721
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001722static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1723 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001724 const Selector &Sel,
1725 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001726
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001727 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001728 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001729 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001730 return OMD;
1731
1732 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1733 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001734 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1735 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001736 return D;
1737 }
1738 return 0;
1739}
1740
1741static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1742 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001743 const Selector &Sel,
1744 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001745 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1746 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1747 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1748 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001749 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001750 GDecl = PD;
1751 break;
1752 }
1753 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001754 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001755 GDecl = OMD;
1756 break;
1757 }
1758 }
1759 if (!GDecl) {
1760 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1761 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1762 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001763 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001764 if (GDecl)
1765 return GDecl;
1766 }
1767 }
1768 return GDecl;
1769}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001770
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001771/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1772/// all base class implementations.
1773///
1774ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1775 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1776 const Selector &Sel) {
1777 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
1778 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1779 Sema::ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1780 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1781
1782 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1783 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1784 return Method;
1785}
1786
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001787Action::OwningExprResult
1788Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1789 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001790 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001791 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001792 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001793 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001794
1795 // Perform default conversions.
1796 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001797
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001798 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1799 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001800
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001801 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1802 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001803 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001804 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001805 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001806 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001807 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1808 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001809 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001810 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1811 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1812 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001813 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001814
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001815 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1816 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001817 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001818 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001819 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001820 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1821 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1822 return ExprError();
1823
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001824 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001825 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1826 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001827 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001828 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001829 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001830
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001831 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001832 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1833 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001834 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1836 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1837 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001838 }
1839
1840 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001841
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001842 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1843 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1844 // error cases.
1845 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1846 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001847
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001848 // Check the use of this field
1849 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1850 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001851
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001852 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001853 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1854 // (C++ [class.union]).
1855 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001856 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001857 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001858
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001859 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1860 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001861 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001862 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1863 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1864 else {
1865 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1866 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001867 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001868 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1869 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1870 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001871
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001872 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1873 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001874 }
1875
1876 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001877 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001878 Var, MemberLoc,
1879 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1880 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001881 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001882 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1883 MemberFn->getType()));
1884 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1885 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001886 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001887 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1888 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1890 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001891 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001892 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1893 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001894
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001895 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1896 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1897 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001898 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1899 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1900 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001901 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001902
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001903 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1904 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001905 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001906 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001907 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1908 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001909 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001910 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1911 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1912 // error cases.
1913 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1914 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001915
1916 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1917 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1918 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001919 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1920 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001921 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1922 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1923 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001924 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1925 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1926 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1927 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1928 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1929 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1930 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001931 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001932 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1933 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1934 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1935 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1936 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1937 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001938 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001939
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001940 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001941 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001942 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001943 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1944 }
1945 // @protected
1946 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1947 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1948 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001949
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001950 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001951 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001952 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001953 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001954 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1955 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1956 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001957 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001958
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001959 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1960 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1961 const PointerType *PTy;
1962 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1963 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1964 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1965 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001966
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001967 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001968 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
1969 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001970 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1971 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1972 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001973
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001974 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001975 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1976 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001977
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001978 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001979 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1980 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001981 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
1982 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001983 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1984 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1985 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001986
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001987 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001988 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1989 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001990
1991 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1992 // selector is implemented.
1993
1994 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1995 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1996
1997 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001998 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001999
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002000 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2001 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002002 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002003
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002004 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2005 if (!Getter) {
2006 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2007 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2008 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
2009 }
2010 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002011 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002012 // Check if we can reference this property.
2013 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2014 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002015 }
2016 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2017 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2018 Selector SetterSel =
2019 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2020 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002021 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002022 if (!Setter) {
2023 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2024 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002025 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002026 }
2027 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2028 if (!Setter) {
2029 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2030 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2031 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002032 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002033 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002034
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002035 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2036 return ExprError();
2037
2038 if (Getter || Setter) {
2039 QualType PType;
2040
2041 if (Getter)
2042 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2043 else {
2044 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2045 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2046 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2047 }
2048 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2049 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2050 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2051 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002052 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2053 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002054 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002055 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2056 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2057 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2058 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002059 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002060 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002061 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002062 // Check the use of this declaration
2063 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2064 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002065
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002066 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002067 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2068 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002069 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002070 // Check the use of this method.
2071 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2072 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002073
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002074 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002075 OMD->getResultType(),
2076 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2077 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002078 }
2079 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002080
2081 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2082 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002083 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002084 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2085 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2086 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2087 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2088 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002089 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2090 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002091 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002092 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002093 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002094 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002095 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002096 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002097 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2098 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2099 Selector SetterSel =
2100 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2101 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002102 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002103 if (!Setter) {
2104 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2105 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002106 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002107 }
2108 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2109 if (!Setter) {
2110 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2111 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2112 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2113 }
2114 }
2115
2116 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2117 return ExprError();
2118
2119 if (Getter || Setter) {
2120 QualType PType;
2121
2122 if (Getter)
2123 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2124 else {
2125 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2126 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2127 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2128 }
2129 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2130 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2131 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2132 }
2133 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2134 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002135 }
2136 }
2137
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002138 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002139 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002140 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2141 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002142 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002143 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002144 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002145 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002146
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002147 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2148 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2149
2150 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2151 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2152 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2153 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2154 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2155 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2156 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2157 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2158 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2159 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2160 }
2161
2162 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002163}
2164
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002165/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2166/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2167/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2168/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2169/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2170/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002171bool
2172Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002173 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002174 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002175 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2176 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002177 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002178 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2179 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2180 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002181 bool Invalid = false;
2182
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002183 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2184 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2185 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2186 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2187 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2188 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2189 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2190 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002191 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002192 }
2193
2194 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2195 // them.
2196 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2197 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2198 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2199 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2200 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2201 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2202 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2203 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002204 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002205 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002206 }
2207 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2208 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002209
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002210 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2211 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2212 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002213
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002214 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002215 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002216 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002217
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002218 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2219 ProtoArgType,
2220 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2221 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2222 return true;
2223
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002224 // Pass the argument.
2225 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2226 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002227 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002228 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002229 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002230 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002231
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002232 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2233 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002234
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002235 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2236 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002237 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2238 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2239 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2240 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2241 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2242
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002243 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2244 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2245 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002246 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002247 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2248 }
2249 }
2250
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002251 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002252}
2253
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002254/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002255/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2256/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002257Action::OwningExprResult
2258Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2259 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002260 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002261 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2262 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2263 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002264 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002265 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002266 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002267
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002268 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002269 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002270 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002271 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2272 bool Dependent = false;
2273 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2274 Dependent = true;
2275 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2276 Dependent = true;
2277
2278 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002279 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002280 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2281
2282 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2283 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2284 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2285 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2286
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002287 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002288 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2289 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2290 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002291 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2292 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002293 }
2294
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002295 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002296 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002297 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2298 bool ADL = true;
2299 while (true) {
2300 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2301 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2302 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002303 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002304 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002305 ADL = false;
2306 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2307 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002308 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002309 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2310 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002311 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2312 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2313 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2314 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002315 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002316 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2317 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2318 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002319 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002320 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2321 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2322 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002323 break;
2324 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002325 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002326
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002327 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2328 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002329 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002330 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2331 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002332
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002333 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002334 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002335 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002336 ADL = false;
2337
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002338 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2339 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2340 ADL = false;
2341
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002342 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002343 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2344 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002345 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2346 if (!FDecl)
2347 return ExprError();
2348
2349 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2350 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002351 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002352 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002353 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2354 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2355 false, false,
2356 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2357 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002358 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002359 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002360 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2361 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2362 Fn = NewFn;
2363 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002364 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002365
2366 // Promote the function operand.
2367 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2368
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002369 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2370 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002371 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2372 Args, NumArgs,
2373 Context.BoolTy,
2374 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002376 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2377 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2378 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2379 // have type pointer to function".
2380 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2381 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002382 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2383 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002384 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2385 } else { // This is a block call.
2386 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2387 getAsFunctionType();
2388 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002389 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002390 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2391 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2392
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002393 // Check for a valid return type
2394 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2395 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2396 FuncT->getResultType(),
2397 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2398 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2399 return ExprError();
2400
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002401 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002402 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002403
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002404 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002405 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002406 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002407 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002408 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002409 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002410
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002411 if (FDecl) {
2412 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2413 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2414 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002415 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002416 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2417 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2418 }
2419
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002420 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002421 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2422 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2423 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002424 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2425 Arg->getType(),
2426 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2427 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2428 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002429 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002430 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002431 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002432
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002433 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2434 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002435 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2436 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002437
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002438 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002439 if (FDecl)
2440 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002441
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002442 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002443}
2444
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002445Action::OwningExprResult
2446Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2447 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002448 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002449 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2450 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002451 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002452 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002453
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002454 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002455 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002456 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2457 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002458 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002459 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2460 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002461 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002462
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002463 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002464 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002465 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002466
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002467 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002468 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002469 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002470 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002471 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002472 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002473 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002474 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002475}
2476
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002477Action::OwningExprResult
2478Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002479 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2480 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2481 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002482
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002483 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002484 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002485
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002486 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002487 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002488 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002489 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002490}
2491
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002492/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002493bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002494 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2495
2496 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2497 // type needs to be scalar.
2498 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2499 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002500 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2501 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002502 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002503 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2504 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2505 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2506 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002507 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002508 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2509 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2510 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2511 // GCC cast to union extension
2512 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2513 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002514 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002515 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2516 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2517 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2518 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2519 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2520 break;
2521 }
2522 }
2523 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2524 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2525 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2526 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002527 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002528 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002529 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002530 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002531 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002532 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002533 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2534 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002535 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002536 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2537 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2538 return true;
2539 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2540 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2541 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002542 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002543 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002544 }
2545 return false;
2546}
2547
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002548bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002549 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002550
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002551 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002552 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002553 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002554 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002555 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002556 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002557 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002558 } else
2559 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002560 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002561 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002562
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002563 return false;
2564}
2565
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002566Action::OwningExprResult
2567Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2568 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2569 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2570 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002571
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002572 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002573 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2574
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002575 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002576 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002577 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002578 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002579}
2580
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002581/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2582/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002583/// C99 6.5.15
2584QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2585 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002586 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2588 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2589
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002590 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2591 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2592 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2593 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2594 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2595 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002596
2597 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002598 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2599 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2600 << CondTy;
2601 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002602 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002603
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002604 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002605
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002606 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2607 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002608 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2609 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2610 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002611 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002612
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002613 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2614 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002615 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2616 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002617 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002618 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002619 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002620 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002621 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002622 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002623
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002624 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002625 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002626 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2627 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2628 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2629 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2630 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2631 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2632 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2633 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2634 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002635 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002636 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002637 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2638 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002639 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2640 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2641 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2642 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2643 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002644 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002645 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2646 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2647 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2648 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2649 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002650 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002651
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002652 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2653 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002654 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2655 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002656 // get the "pointed to" types
2657 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2658 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002659
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002660 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2661 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002662 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002663 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2664 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002665 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002666 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2667 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002668 return destType;
2669 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002670 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002671 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002672 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002673 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2674 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002675 return destType;
2676 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002677
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002678 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002679 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002680 return LHSTy;
2681 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002682
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002683 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002684
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002685 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2686 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002687 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002688 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002689 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2690 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2691 // type. This allows
2692 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2693 // where B is a subclass of A.
2694 //
2695 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2696 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2697 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2698 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2699
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002700 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002701 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002702 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2703 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2704 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2705 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002706 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002707 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002708 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002709 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002710 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2711 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002712 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2713 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002714 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002715 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002716 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002717 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002718 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2719 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002720 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002721 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002722 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002723 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002724 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2725 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002726 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2727 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2728 // to get a consistent AST.
2729 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002730 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2731 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002732 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002733 }
2734 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002735 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2736 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2737 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2738 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002739 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002740 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002741 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2742 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002743 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002744 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002745 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002746
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002747 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2748 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2749 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2750 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2751 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2752 return RHSTy;
2753 }
2754 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2755 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2756 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2757 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2758 return LHSTy;
2759 }
2760
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002761 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2762 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2763 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2764 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002765
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002766 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2767 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002768 // id with statically typed objects).
2769 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002770 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2771 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2772 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002773 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002774 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002775 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2776 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2777 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002778 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2779 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2780 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2781 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2782 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2783 // cases. Investigate.
2784 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002785 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2786 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002787 return compositeType;
2788 }
2789 }
2790
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002791 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002792 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2793 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002794 return QualType();
2795}
2796
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002797/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002798/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002799Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2800 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2801 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2802 ExprArg RHS) {
2803 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2804 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002805
2806 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2807 // was the condition.
2808 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2809 if (isLHSNull)
2810 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002811
2812 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002813 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2814 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002815 return ExprError();
2816
2817 Cond.release();
2818 LHS.release();
2819 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002820 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002821 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2822 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002823}
2824
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002825
2826// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002827// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002828// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2829// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2830// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002831Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002832Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2833 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002834
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002835 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002836 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2837 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002838
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002839 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002840 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2841 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002842
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002843 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002844
2845 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2846 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2847 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002848 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002849 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002850 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002851
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002852 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2853 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002854 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002855 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002856 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002857 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002858
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002859 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002860 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2861 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002862 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002863
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002864 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002865 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002866 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002867
2868 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002869 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2870 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002871 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002872 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002873 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002874 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2875 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2876 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2877 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2878 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2879 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2880 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2881 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2882 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2883 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2884 }
2885 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2886 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2887 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2888 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2889 }
2890 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2891 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2892 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2893 // warning can be disabled.
2894 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2895 return ConvTy;
2896 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2897 }
2898 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2899 return IncompatiblePointer;
2900 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002901 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002902}
2903
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002904/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2905/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2906/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2907// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002908Sema::AssignConvertType
2909Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002910 QualType rhsType) {
2911 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002912
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002913 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2914 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002915 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2916
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002917 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2918 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2919 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002920
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002921 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002922
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002923 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2924 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2925 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002926
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002927 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002928 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002929 return ConvTy;
2930}
2931
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002932/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2933/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002934/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2935///
2936/// int a, *pint;
2937/// short *pshort;
2938/// struct foo *pfoo;
2939///
2940/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2941/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2942/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2943/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2944///
2945/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002946/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002947///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002948Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002949Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002950 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2951 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002952 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2953 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002954
2955 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002956 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002957
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002958 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2959 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2960 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2961 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2962 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2963 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2964 // type.
2965 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2966 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002967 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002968 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002969 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002970
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002971 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2972 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002973 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002974 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2975 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2976 return IntToPointer;
2977 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2978 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002979 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002980 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002981
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002982 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002983 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002984 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2985 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002986 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002987
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002988 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002989 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002990 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002991 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2992 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002993 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002994 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002995 }
2996 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002997 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002998
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002999 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003000 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003001
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003002 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003003 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003004 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003005
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003006 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003007 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003008
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003009 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003010 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003011 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003012
3013 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3014 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3015 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3016 return Compatible;
3017 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003018 return Incompatible;
3019 }
3020
3021 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3022 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003023 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003024
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003025 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3026 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3027 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3028 return Compatible;
3029
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003030 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3031 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003032
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003033 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3034 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003035 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003036 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003037 return Incompatible;
3038 }
3039
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003040 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003041 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003042 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3043 return Compatible;
3044
3045 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003046 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003047
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003048 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003049 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003050
3051 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003052 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003053 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003054 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003055 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003056
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003057 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003058 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003059 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003060 }
3061 return Incompatible;
3062}
3063
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003064Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003065Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003066 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3067 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3068 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3069 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3070 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003071 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3072 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003073 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003074 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003075 }
3076
3077 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3078 // structures.
3079 }
3080
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003081 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3082 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003083 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3084 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003085 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003086 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003087 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003088 return Compatible;
3089 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003090
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003091 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003092 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003093 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003094 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003095 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003096 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003097 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3098 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003099
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003100 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3101 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003102
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003103 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3104 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003105 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3106 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3107 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3108 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003109 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003110 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003111 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003112}
3113
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003114Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003115Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3116 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3117}
3118
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003119QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003120 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003121 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003122 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003123 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003124}
3125
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003126inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003127 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003128 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003129 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003130 QualType lhsType =
3131 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3132 QualType rhsType =
3133 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003134
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003135 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003136 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003137 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003138
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003139 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3140 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003141 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3142 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3143 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003144 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3145 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003146 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003147 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003148 }
3149 }
3150 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003151
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003152 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3153 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003154 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003155 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003156
3157 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003158 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3159 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003160 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003161 return lhsType;
3162 }
3163 }
3164
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003165 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003166 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003167 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003168 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3169
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003170 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003171 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3172 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003173 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003174 return rhsType;
3175 }
3176 }
3177
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003178 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003179 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003180 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003181 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003182 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003183}
3184
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003185inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003186 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003187{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003188 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003189 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003190
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003191 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003192
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003193 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003194 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003195 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003196}
3197
3198inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003199 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003200{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003201 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3202 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3203 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3204 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3205 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003206
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003207 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003208
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003209 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003210 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003211 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003212}
3213
3214inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003215 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003216{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003217 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3218 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3219 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3220 return compType;
3221 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003222
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003223 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003224
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003225 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003226 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3227 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3228 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003229 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003230 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003231
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003232 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3233 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3234 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3235 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3236
3237 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3238 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3239 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003240 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3241 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3242 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003243 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003244 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003245 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003246
3247 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3248 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3249 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3250 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3251 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3252 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3253 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3254 return QualType();
3255 }
3256
3257 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3258 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3259 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3260 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3261 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3262 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3263 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3264 lex->getType()))
3265 return QualType();
3266
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003267 if (CompLHSTy) {
3268 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3269 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3270 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3271 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3272 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003273 return PExp->getType();
3274 }
3275 }
3276
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003277 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003278}
3279
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003280// C99 6.5.6
3281QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003282 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3283 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3284 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3285 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3286 return compType;
3287 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003288
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003289 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003290
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003291 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003292
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003293 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003294 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3295 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003296 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003297 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003298
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003299 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3300 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003301 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003302
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003303 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003304
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003305 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3306 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3307 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3308 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3310 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3311 return QualType();
3312 }
3313
3314 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3315 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3316 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3317 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3318 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003319 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003320 return QualType();
3321 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003322
3323 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3324 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3325 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3326 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3327 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3328 lex->getSourceRange(),
3329 SourceRange(),
3330 lex->getType()))
3331 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003332
3333 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003334 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3335 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3336 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3337 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3338 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3339 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3340 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3341 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3342
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003343 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003344 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003345 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003346
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003347 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3348 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003349 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003350
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003351 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3352 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3353 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3354 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3355 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3356 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3357 return QualType();
3358 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003360 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3361 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3362 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3363 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003364 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003365 return QualType();
3366 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003367
3368 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3369 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3370 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3371 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3372 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3373 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3374 rex->getSourceRange(),
3375 SourceRange(),
3376 rex->getType()))
3377 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003378
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003379 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003380 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003382 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003383 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003384 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003385 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003386 return QualType();
3387 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003388
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003389 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3390 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3391 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3392 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3393 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3394 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3395 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003396
3397 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003398 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3399 }
3400 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003401
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003402 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003403}
3404
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003405// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003406QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003407 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003408 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3409 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003410 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003411
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003412 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3413 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003414 QualType LHSTy;
3415 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3416 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3417 else
3418 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003419 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003420 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3421
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003422 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003423
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003424 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003425 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003426}
3427
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003428// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003429QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003430 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3431 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3432
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003433 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003434 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003435
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003436 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003437 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3438 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3439 else {
3440 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3441 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3442 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003443 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3444 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003445
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003446 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003447 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3448 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3449 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003450 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3451 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003452 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3453 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3454 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3455 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003456 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3457 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003458 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003459
3460 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3461 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3462 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3463 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3464
3465 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3466 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003467 Expr *literalString = 0;
3468 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003469 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003470 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3471 literalString = lex;
3472 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3473 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003474 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3475 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003476 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3477 literalString = rex;
3478 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3479 }
3480
3481 if (literalString) {
3482 std::string resultComparison;
3483 switch (Opc) {
3484 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3485 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3486 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3487 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3488 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3489 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3490 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3491 }
3492 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3493 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3494 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003495 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3496 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3497 "strcmp(")
3498 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3499 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003500 resultComparison);
3501 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003502 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003503
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003504 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003505 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003506
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003507 if (isRelational) {
3508 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003509 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003510 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003511 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003512 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003513 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003514 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003515 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003516
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003517 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003518 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003519 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003520
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003521 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3522 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003523
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003524 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3525 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3526 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003527 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003528 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003529 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003530 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003531 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003532
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003533 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003534 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3535 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003536 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003537 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003538 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003539 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003540 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003541 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003542 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003543 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003544 // Handle block pointer types.
3545 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3546 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3547 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003548
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003549 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3550 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003551 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003552 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003553 }
3554 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003555 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003556 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003557 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3558 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3559 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3560 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003562 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003563 }
3564 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003565 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003566 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003567
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003568 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003569 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003570 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3571 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003572 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003573 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003574 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003575 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003576
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003577 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3578 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003579 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003580 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003581 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003582 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003583 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003584 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003585 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003586 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003587 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3588 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003589 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003590 } else {
3591 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003592 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003593 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003594 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003595 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003596 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003597 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003598 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003599 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003600 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003601 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003602 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003603 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003604 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003605 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003606 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003607 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003608 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003609 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003610 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003611 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003612 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003613 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003614 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003615 // Handle block pointers.
3616 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3617 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003618 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003619 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003620 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003621 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003622 }
3623 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3624 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003625 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003626 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003627 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003628 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003629 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003630 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003631}
3632
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003633/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003634/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003635/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3636/// types.
3637QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003638 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003639 bool isRelational) {
3640 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3641 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003642 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003643 if (vType.isNull())
3644 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003645
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003646 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3647 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003648
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003649 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3650 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3651 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3652 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3653 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3654 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3655 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003656 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003657 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003659 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3660 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3661 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003662 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003663 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003664
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003665 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3666 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3667 if (1) {
3668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3669 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3670 return QualType();
3671 }
3672
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003673 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3674 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3675 // elements for floating point vectors.
3676 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3677 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003678
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003679 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003680 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003681 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003682 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003683 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003684 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3685
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003686 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003687 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003688 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3689}
3690
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003691inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003692 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003693{
3694 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003695 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003696
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003697 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003698
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003699 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003700 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003701 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003702}
3703
3704inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003705 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003706{
3707 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3708 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003709
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003710 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003711 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003712 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003713}
3714
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003715/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3716/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3717/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3718///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003719static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003720{
3721 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3722 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3723 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3724 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3725 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003726 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003727 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3728 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3729 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3730 return true;
3731 }
3732 }
3733 return false;
3734}
3735
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003736/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3737/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3738static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003739 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3740 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3741 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003742 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3743 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003744 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3745 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003746
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003747 unsigned Diag = 0;
3748 bool NeedType = false;
3749 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3750 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3751 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003753 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3754 NeedType = true;
3755 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003756 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003757 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3758 NeedType = true;
3759 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003760 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003761 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3762 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003763 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003764 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3765 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003766 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3767 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003768 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003769 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3770 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003771 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003772 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3773 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003774 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003775 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3776 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003777 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3778 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3779 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003780 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3781 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3782 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003783 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003784
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003785 SourceRange Assign;
3786 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3787 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003788 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003789 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003790 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003791 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003792 return true;
3793}
3794
3795
3796
3797// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003798QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3799 SourceLocation Loc,
3800 QualType CompoundType) {
3801 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3802 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003803 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003804
3805 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3806 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003807
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003808 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003809 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003810 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003811 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003812 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3813 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3814 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3815 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3816 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3817 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3818 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003819
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003820 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3821 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3822 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003823 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003824 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3825 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3826 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3827 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3828 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003829 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003830 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003831 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3832 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3833 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003834 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3835 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003836 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3837 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3838 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003839 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003840 }
3841 } else {
3842 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003843 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003844 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003845
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003846 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3847 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003848 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003849
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003850 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3851 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003852 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003853 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3854 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003855 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3856 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003857 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003858}
3859
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003860// C99 6.5.17
3861QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003862 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003863 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003864
3865 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3866 // incomplete in C++).
3867
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003868 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003869}
3870
3871/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3872/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003873QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3874 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003875 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3876 return Context.DependentTy;
3877
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003878 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3879 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003880
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003881 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3882 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3883 if (!isInc) {
3884 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3885 return QualType();
3886 }
3887 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3888 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3889 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003890 // OK!
3891 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3892 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003893 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003894 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3895 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3896 << Op->getSourceRange();
3897 return QualType();
3898 }
3899
3900 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003901 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003902 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003903 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3904 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3905 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3906 return QualType();
3907 }
3908
3909 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003910 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003911 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3912 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3913 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3914 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003915 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003916 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3917 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3918 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003919 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003920 } else {
3921 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003922 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003923 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003924 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003925 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003926 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003927 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003928 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003929 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003930}
3931
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003932/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003933/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003934/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3935/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3936/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3937/// - &(x) => x
3938/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3939/// - &s.xx => s
3940/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3941/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3942/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3943/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003944static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003945 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003946 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003947 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003948 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003949 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003950 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
3951 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
3952 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003953 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003954 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003955 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003956 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003957 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003958 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
3959 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
3960 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
3961 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
3962 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
3963 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
3964 }
3965 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003966 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003967 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3968 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003969
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003970 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003971 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3972 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3973 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3974 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3975 default:
3976 return 0;
3977 }
3978 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003979 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003980 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003981 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003982 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
3983 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003984 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003985 default:
3986 return 0;
3987 }
3988}
3989
3990/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003991/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003992/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003993/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003994/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003995/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003996/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003997QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003998 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
3999 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4000
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004001 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4002 return Context.DependentTy;
4003
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004004 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4005 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4006 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4007 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4008 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4009 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4010 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4011 }
4012 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4013 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4014 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004015 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004016 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004017
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004018 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004019 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
4020 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004021 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004022 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4023 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004024 return QualType();
4025 }
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004026 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4027 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4028 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4029 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004030 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004031 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4032 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004033 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004034 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004035 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004036 return QualType();
4037 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004038 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004039 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4040 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4041 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004042 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4043 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004044 return QualType();
4045 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004046 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004047 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004048 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4049 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004050 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4051 // scope qualifier for the class.
4052 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4053 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4054 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4055 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4056 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4057 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004058 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4059 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004060 // As above.
4061 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4062 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4063 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4064 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4065 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4066 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004067 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004068 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004069 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004070 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004071
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004072 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4073 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4074}
4075
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004076QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004077 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4078 return Context.DependentTy;
4079
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004080 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4081 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004082
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004083 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4084 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4085 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4086 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4087 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004088 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004089
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004090 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004091 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004092 return QualType();
4093}
4094
4095static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4096 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4097 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4098 switch (Kind) {
4099 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004100 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4101 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004102 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4103 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4104 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4105 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4106 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4107 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4108 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4109 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4110 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4111 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4112 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4113 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4114 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4115 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4116 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4117 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4118 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4119 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4120 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4121 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4122 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4123 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4124 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4125 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4126 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4127 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4128 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4129 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4130 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4131 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4132 }
4133 return Opc;
4134}
4135
4136static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4137 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4138 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4139 switch (Kind) {
4140 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4141 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4142 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4143 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4144 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4145 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4146 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4147 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4148 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004149 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4150 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4151 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4152 }
4153 return Opc;
4154}
4155
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004156/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4157/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4158/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004159Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4160 unsigned Op,
4161 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004162 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004163 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004164 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4165 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4166 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004167
4168 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004169 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4170 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4171 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004172 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4173 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4174 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4175 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4176 break;
4177 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004178 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4179 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4180 break;
4181 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4182 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4183 break;
4184 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4185 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4186 break;
4187 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4188 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4189 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004190 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004191 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4192 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4193 break;
4194 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4195 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4196 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4197 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004198 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004199 break;
4200 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4201 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004202 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004203 break;
4204 case BinaryOperator::And:
4205 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4206 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4207 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4208 break;
4209 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4210 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4211 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4212 break;
4213 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4214 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004215 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4216 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4217 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4218 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004219 break;
4220 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004221 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4222 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4223 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4224 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004225 break;
4226 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004227 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4228 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4229 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004230 break;
4231 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004232 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4233 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4234 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004235 break;
4236 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4237 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004238 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4239 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4240 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4241 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004242 break;
4243 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4244 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4245 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004246 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4247 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4248 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4249 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004250 break;
4251 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4252 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4253 break;
4254 }
4255 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004256 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004257 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004258 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4259 else
4260 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004261 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4262 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004263}
4264
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004265// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004266Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4267 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4268 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004269 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004270 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004271
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004272 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4273 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004274
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4276 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4277 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4278 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4279 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4280 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4281 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004282 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004283 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4284 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4285 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4286 Functions);
4287 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4288 DeclarationName OpName
4289 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4290 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004291 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004292
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004293 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4294 // binary operation.
4295 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004296 }
4297
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004298 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4299 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004300}
4301
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004302Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4303 unsigned OpcIn,
4304 ExprArg InputArg) {
4305 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004306
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004307 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4308 // appropriately.
4309 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004310 QualType resultType;
4311 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004312 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4313 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4314 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4315 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4316 break;
4317
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004318 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4319 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004320 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4321 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004322 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004323 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004324 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4325 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004326 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004327 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004328 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4329 break;
4330 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4331 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4332 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4333 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004334 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4335 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004336 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4337 break;
4338 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4339 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4340 break;
4341 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4342 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4343 resultType->isPointerType())
4344 break;
4345
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004346 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4347 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004348 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4349 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4350 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004351 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4352 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004353 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4354 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4355 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004356 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004357 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004358 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004359 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4360 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004361 break;
4362 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4363 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4364 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4365 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004366 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4367 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004368 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004369 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4370 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004371 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004372 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4373 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004374 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004375 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004376 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004377 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004378 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004379 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004380 resultType = Input->getType();
4381 break;
4382 }
4383 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004384 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004385
4386 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004387 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004388}
4389
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004390// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4391Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4392 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4393 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4394 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4395
4396 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4397 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4398 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4399 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4400 // the arguments.
4401 FunctionSet Functions;
4402 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4403 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4404 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4405 Functions);
4406 DeclarationName OpName
4407 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4408 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4409 }
4410
4411 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4412 }
4413
4414 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4415}
4416
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004417/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004418Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4419 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4420 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004421 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004422 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004424 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4425 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004426 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004427 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004429 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004430 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4431 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004432}
4433
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004434Sema::OwningExprResult
4435Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4436 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4437 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004438 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4439 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4440
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004441 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4442 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004443 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004444 }
4445
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004446 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4447 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4448 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004449
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004450 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4451 // should not warn about it being unused.
4452
4453 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4454 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4455 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004457 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4458 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4459 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4460 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4461 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004462
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004463 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004464 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004465 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004466
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004467 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4468 // expressions are not lvalues.
4469
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004470 substmt.release();
4471 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004472}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004473
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004474Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4475 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4476 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4477 TypeTy *argty,
4478 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4479 unsigned NumComponents,
4480 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4481 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4482 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004483 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4484 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004485
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004486 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4487
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004488 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4489 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4490 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004491 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004492 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004493
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004494 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4495 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004496
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004497 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4498 // the offsetof designators.
4499 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4500 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004501 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004502 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004503
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004504 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4505 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004506 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4507 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004508 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004509 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4510 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004511
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004512 if (!Dependent) {
4513 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4514 // leaks like a sieve.
4515 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4516 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4517 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4518 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4519 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4520 if (!AT) {
4521 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004522 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4523 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004524 }
4525
4526 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4527
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004528 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4529 // expression.
4530 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4531
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004532 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4533 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004534 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004535 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004536 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4537 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4538 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004539
4540 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4541 OC.LocEnd);
4542 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004543 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004544
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004545 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4546 if (!RC) {
4547 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004548 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4549 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004550 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004551
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004552 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4553 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4554 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4555 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4556 LookupMemberName)
4557 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004558 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004559 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004560 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4561 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004562
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004563 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4564 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4565 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4566 // matter here.
4567 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004568 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004569 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004570 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004571
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004572 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4573 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004574}
4575
4576
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004577Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4578 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4579 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004580 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4581 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004582
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004583 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004584
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004585 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4586 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004587}
4588
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004589Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4590 ExprArg cond,
4591 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4592 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4593 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4594 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4595 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004596
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004597 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4598
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004599 QualType resType;
4600 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4601 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4602 } else {
4603 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4604 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4605 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4606 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004607 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4608 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4609 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004610
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004611 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4612 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4613 }
4614
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004615 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4616 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4617 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004618}
4619
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004620//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4621// Clang Extensions.
4622//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4623
4624/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004625void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004626 // Analyze block parameters.
4627 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004628
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004629 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4630 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4631 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004632
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004633 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4634 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004635 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004636 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4637 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004638
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004639 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004640 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004641}
4642
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004643void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4644 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4645
4646 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4647 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4648 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4649
4650 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4651 if (T.isNull())
4652 T = Context.DependentTy;
4653
4654 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4655 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4656 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4657
4658 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4659 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004660
4661 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4662
4663 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4664 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4665 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4666 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4667 return;
4668 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004669
4670 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004671 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004672 return;
4673 }
4674
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004675 // Analyze arguments to block.
4676 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4677 "Not a function declarator!");
4678 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004679
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004680 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4681 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004682
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004683 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4684 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4685 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4686 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004687 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4688 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004689 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004690 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004691 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4692 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004693 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004694 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004695 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004696 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004697 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004698
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004699 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4700 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4701 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4702 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4703 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004704
4705 // Analyze the return type.
4706 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4707 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4708
4709 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4710 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4711 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4712 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4713 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4714 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004715}
4716
4717/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4718/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4719void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4720 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4721 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004722
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004723 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4724
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004725 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4726 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004728 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004729}
4730
4731/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4732/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004733Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4734 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004735 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4736 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4737 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4738
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004739 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4740 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004741
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004742 PopDeclContext();
4743
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004744 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4745 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004747 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4748 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4749 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004750
Mike Stumpb1a2aab2009-04-17 00:09:41 +00004751 // A reference in a nested block, winds up being a reference in the outer
4752 // block.
4753 if (CurBlock)
4754 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs |= BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs;
4755
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004756 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4757 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4758 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004759
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004760 QualType BlockTy;
4761 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004762 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004763 else
4764 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004765 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004766
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004767 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4768
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004769 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004770
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004771 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4772 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4773 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4774 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4775
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004776 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4777 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4778 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004779}
4780
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004781Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4782 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4783 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004784 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004785 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4786 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4787
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004788 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004789
4790 // Get the va_list type
4791 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4792 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4793 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4794 // a pointer for va_arg.
4795 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4796 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004797 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4798 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004799
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004800 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004801 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4802 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004803 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004804 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004805
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004806 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004807 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004808
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004809 expr.release();
4810 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4811 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004812}
4813
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004814Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004815 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4816 // pointers on the target.
4817 QualType Ty;
4818 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4819 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4820 else
4821 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4822
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004823 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004824}
4825
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004826bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4827 SourceLocation Loc,
4828 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4829 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4830 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4831 bool isInvalid = false;
4832 unsigned DiagKind;
4833 switch (ConvTy) {
4834 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4835 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004836 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004837 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4838 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004839 case IntToPointer:
4840 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4841 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004842 case IncompatiblePointer:
4843 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4844 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004845 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4846 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4847 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004848 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4849 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4850 break;
4851 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004852 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4853 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4854 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4855 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4856 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4857 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4858 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4859 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4860 // C++ semantics.
4861 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4862 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4863 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004864 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4865 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004866 case IntToBlockPointer:
4867 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4868 break;
4869 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004870 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004871 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004872 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004873 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004874 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4875 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4876 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004877 case IncompatibleVectors:
4878 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4879 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004880 case Incompatible:
4881 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4882 isInvalid = true;
4883 break;
4884 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004885
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004886 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4887 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004888 return isInvalid;
4889}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004890
4891bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4892{
4893 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4894
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004895 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004896 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4897 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4898
4899 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4900 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4901 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4902 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4903 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4904 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4905 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004906
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004907 return true;
4908 }
4909
4910 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004911 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004912 E->getSourceRange();
4913
4914 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4915 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4916 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4917 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004918
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004919 if (Result)
4920 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4921 return false;
4922}